Anchor ads are not supported on this page.

\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The Thunder Ranch team pointed out a beneficial feature of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical shotgun: the adjustable length of pull stock. So, I removed all the shims to make the shotgun as short as possible. This was something I\u2019d never done to a shotgun before.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

Adjusting the 940 Pro Tactical for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch team pointed out a beneficial feature of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical shotgun: the adjustable length of pull stock. So, I removed all the shims to make the shotgun as short as possible. This was something I\u2019d never done to a shotgun before.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

A gas-operated shotgun cycles independently without the human factor of whether the gun is properly shouldered. Gas-operated or pump-action shotguns are the best fighting shotguns because they can be shot in unconventional shooting positions without worry of malfunctions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Adjusting the 940 Pro Tactical for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch team pointed out a beneficial feature of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical shotgun: the adjustable length of pull stock. So, I removed all the shims to make the shotgun as short as possible. This was something I\u2019d never done to a shotgun before.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The importance of this shotgun being gas-operated cannot be understated. Inertia-driven shotguns operate at the mercy of the person behind the gun. If they don\u2019t shoulder the gun properly<\/a> every time they pull the trigger, the gun can more easily malfunction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A gas-operated shotgun cycles independently without the human factor of whether the gun is properly shouldered. Gas-operated or pump-action shotguns are the best fighting shotguns because they can be shot in unconventional shooting positions without worry of malfunctions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Adjusting the 940 Pro Tactical for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch team pointed out a beneficial feature of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical shotgun: the adjustable length of pull stock. So, I removed all the shims to make the shotgun as short as possible. This was something I\u2019d never done to a shotgun before.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The 940 Pro Tactical model shotgun has an enlarged loading port, textured and oversized bolt handle, oversized bolt release, and an anodized follower for smoother operation. It has several QD sling mounting points on the stock and forend. Likewise, it features a barrel clamp with M-LOK mounting slots. As a result, it is easy to attach a sling and set it up exactly to your preference.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The importance of this shotgun being gas-operated cannot be understated. Inertia-driven shotguns operate at the mercy of the person behind the gun. If they don\u2019t shoulder the gun properly<\/a> every time they pull the trigger, the gun can more easily malfunction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A gas-operated shotgun cycles independently without the human factor of whether the gun is properly shouldered. Gas-operated or pump-action shotguns are the best fighting shotguns because they can be shot in unconventional shooting positions without worry of malfunctions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Adjusting the 940 Pro Tactical for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch team pointed out a beneficial feature of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical shotgun: the adjustable length of pull stock. So, I removed all the shims to make the shotgun as short as possible. This was something I\u2019d never done to a shotgun before.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The 940 Pro Tactical model shotgun has an enlarged loading port, textured and oversized bolt handle, oversized bolt release, and an anodized follower for smoother operation. It has several QD sling mounting points on the stock and forend. Likewise, it features a barrel clamp with M-LOK mounting slots. As a result, it is easy to attach a sling and set it up exactly to your preference.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The importance of this shotgun being gas-operated cannot be understated. Inertia-driven shotguns operate at the mercy of the person behind the gun. If they don\u2019t shoulder the gun properly<\/a> every time they pull the trigger, the gun can more easily malfunction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A gas-operated shotgun cycles independently without the human factor of whether the gun is properly shouldered. Gas-operated or pump-action shotguns are the best fighting shotguns because they can be shot in unconventional shooting positions without worry of malfunctions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Adjusting the 940 Pro Tactical for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch team pointed out a beneficial feature of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical shotgun: the adjustable length of pull stock. So, I removed all the shims to make the shotgun as short as possible. This was something I\u2019d never done to a shotgun before.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch<\/a> Edition is an 8-shot, gas-operated 12-gauge shotgun. It is optic-ready to mount a Shield RMSc pattern micro red dot optic. A Thunder Ranch edition firearm needs to be practical\u00a0and have easy-to-manipulate functions. Likewise, it has to withstand all types of conditions and unconventional shooting positions since those are typically fighting positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The 940 Pro Tactical model shotgun has an enlarged loading port, textured and oversized bolt handle, oversized bolt release, and an anodized follower for smoother operation. It has several QD sling mounting points on the stock and forend. Likewise, it features a barrel clamp with M-LOK mounting slots. As a result, it is easy to attach a sling and set it up exactly to your preference.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The importance of this shotgun being gas-operated cannot be understated. Inertia-driven shotguns operate at the mercy of the person behind the gun. If they don\u2019t shoulder the gun properly<\/a> every time they pull the trigger, the gun can more easily malfunction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A gas-operated shotgun cycles independently without the human factor of whether the gun is properly shouldered. Gas-operated or pump-action shotguns are the best fighting shotguns because they can be shot in unconventional shooting positions without worry of malfunctions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Adjusting the 940 Pro Tactical for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch team pointed out a beneficial feature of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical shotgun: the adjustable length of pull stock. So, I removed all the shims to make the shotgun as short as possible. This was something I\u2019d never done to a shotgun before.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

I grew up hunting waterfowl with a pump-action 20-gauge shotgun<\/a> that I still own and will forever cherish. This experience gave me a love for shotguns and made me appreciate my dad and grandfather for teaching me how to hold and shoot one properly.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch<\/a> Edition is an 8-shot, gas-operated 12-gauge shotgun. It is optic-ready to mount a Shield RMSc pattern micro red dot optic. A Thunder Ranch edition firearm needs to be practical\u00a0and have easy-to-manipulate functions. Likewise, it has to withstand all types of conditions and unconventional shooting positions since those are typically fighting positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The 940 Pro Tactical model shotgun has an enlarged loading port, textured and oversized bolt handle, oversized bolt release, and an anodized follower for smoother operation. It has several QD sling mounting points on the stock and forend. Likewise, it features a barrel clamp with M-LOK mounting slots. As a result, it is easy to attach a sling and set it up exactly to your preference.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The importance of this shotgun being gas-operated cannot be understated. Inertia-driven shotguns operate at the mercy of the person behind the gun. If they don\u2019t shoulder the gun properly<\/a> every time they pull the trigger, the gun can more easily malfunction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A gas-operated shotgun cycles independently without the human factor of whether the gun is properly shouldered. Gas-operated or pump-action shotguns are the best fighting shotguns because they can be shot in unconventional shooting positions without worry of malfunctions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Adjusting the 940 Pro Tactical for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch team pointed out a beneficial feature of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical shotgun: the adjustable length of pull stock. So, I removed all the shims to make the shotgun as short as possible. This was something I\u2019d never done to a shotgun before.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical<\/strong><\/h2>\n\n\n\n

I grew up hunting waterfowl with a pump-action 20-gauge shotgun<\/a> that I still own and will forever cherish. This experience gave me a love for shotguns and made me appreciate my dad and grandfather for teaching me how to hold and shoot one properly.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch<\/a> Edition is an 8-shot, gas-operated 12-gauge shotgun. It is optic-ready to mount a Shield RMSc pattern micro red dot optic. A Thunder Ranch edition firearm needs to be practical\u00a0and have easy-to-manipulate functions. Likewise, it has to withstand all types of conditions and unconventional shooting positions since those are typically fighting positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The 940 Pro Tactical model shotgun has an enlarged loading port, textured and oversized bolt handle, oversized bolt release, and an anodized follower for smoother operation. It has several QD sling mounting points on the stock and forend. Likewise, it features a barrel clamp with M-LOK mounting slots. As a result, it is easy to attach a sling and set it up exactly to your preference.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The importance of this shotgun being gas-operated cannot be understated. Inertia-driven shotguns operate at the mercy of the person behind the gun. If they don\u2019t shoulder the gun properly<\/a> every time they pull the trigger, the gun can more easily malfunction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A gas-operated shotgun cycles independently without the human factor of whether the gun is properly shouldered. Gas-operated or pump-action shotguns are the best fighting shotguns because they can be shot in unconventional shooting positions without worry of malfunctions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Adjusting the 940 Pro Tactical for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch team pointed out a beneficial feature of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical shotgun: the adjustable length of pull stock. So, I removed all the shims to make the shotgun as short as possible. This was something I\u2019d never done to a shotgun before.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n

For my first trip to Thunder Ranch, Mossberg<\/a> invited me to take a Defensive Shotgun Course with their 940 Pro Tactical 12-gauge shotgun. I\u2019ve always kept a loaded shotgun in the house for self-defense, but there are very few defensive shotgun courses offered across the country. So, learning how to fight with one truly is something I\u2019ve wanted to know for years. Learning from the best and shooting a great shotgun is something I\u2019ll remember for the rest of my life.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical<\/strong><\/h2>\n\n\n\n

I grew up hunting waterfowl with a pump-action 20-gauge shotgun<\/a> that I still own and will forever cherish. This experience gave me a love for shotguns and made me appreciate my dad and grandfather for teaching me how to hold and shoot one properly.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch<\/a> Edition is an 8-shot, gas-operated 12-gauge shotgun. It is optic-ready to mount a Shield RMSc pattern micro red dot optic. A Thunder Ranch edition firearm needs to be practical\u00a0and have easy-to-manipulate functions. Likewise, it has to withstand all types of conditions and unconventional shooting positions since those are typically fighting positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The 940 Pro Tactical model shotgun has an enlarged loading port, textured and oversized bolt handle, oversized bolt release, and an anodized follower for smoother operation. It has several QD sling mounting points on the stock and forend. Likewise, it features a barrel clamp with M-LOK mounting slots. As a result, it is easy to attach a sling and set it up exactly to your preference.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The importance of this shotgun being gas-operated cannot be understated. Inertia-driven shotguns operate at the mercy of the person behind the gun. If they don\u2019t shoulder the gun properly<\/a> every time they pull the trigger, the gun can more easily malfunction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A gas-operated shotgun cycles independently without the human factor of whether the gun is properly shouldered. Gas-operated or pump-action shotguns are the best fighting shotguns because they can be shot in unconventional shooting positions without worry of malfunctions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Adjusting the 940 Pro Tactical for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch team pointed out a beneficial feature of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical shotgun: the adjustable length of pull stock. So, I removed all the shims to make the shotgun as short as possible. This was something I\u2019d never done to a shotgun before.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019ve been shooting 3 Gun, skeet, and trap, and have hunted all my life with a longer stock for a better fit and cheek weld. However, on a fighting and home defense<\/a> shotgun, you want the gun to be as short as possible. This allows you to maneuver easily in and out of positions.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical on the Range<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Once we hit the Thunder Ranch range, I quickly understood how beneficial this shortened stock was for maneuverability and holding the gun up for a long time. The longer the shotgun, especially with a fully loaded tube shotgun, the more weight there is tipping the muzzle downward as your arms fatigue.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

By shortening the stock, I could tuck the gun even more into my body to support the gun's weight better. This results in keeping the gun upright for longer. For law enforcement officers who provide cover, the ability to hold the gun up for extended periods is a requirement.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The choice to use a red dot optic or iron sights is a personal preference. The 940 Pro Tactical shotgun has a front fiber optic sight but is also optic-ready. I have personally moved away from iron sights and now strictly shoot guns with a red dot optic.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

For the Thunder Ranch class, our shotguns were already set up with the Holosun HS407K<\/a> optic. The benefit of a red dot is being able to sight in the shotgun for shooting slugs. We zeroed our slugs at 100 yards and then confirmed where our buckshot and birdshot patterned.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"For<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The ability to zero a shotgun with iron sights is typically non-existent since most shotguns don\u2019t have a rear sight. The final benefit of a red dot optic is seeing the sight in low light, indoors and outdoors. Seeing the front fiber optic in darker conditions can be challenging.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Overall, the Thunder Ranch 940 Pro Tactical shotgun was built for self-defense<\/a>. Thunder Ranch President and Director Clint Smith provided design input to ensure this gun would be up to the task.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Necessary Accessories<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Sling<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

A sling is a necessary accessory for a defensive shotgun, just as they are used with rifles. Because Mossberg designed the 940 Pro Tactical with multiple QD mounting points, both right-handed and left-handed shooters can set the sling up for them.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I had to use the barrel clamp M-LOK rail to attach a specific sling mount. The QD cup was too close to my fingers when gripping the shotgun. The slings we used in the Thunder Ranch class are no longer being made. However, this gun will serve you well with any good-quality two-point sling.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Shotgun Cards<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

Shotguns require specific gear and some setup to get them defense-ready. Before hitting the range, our instructor, Jack, cut hook-and-loop material to stick on the left side of the shotgun to support Velcro-style shot cards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Esstac<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Esstac sent 6-round shotgun cards<\/a> that can easily attach to or be removed from the side of the gun. This is a necessary accessory to carry spare ammunition on your gun. It allows you to reload off the card into the shotgun using either hand.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Fanny SACK<\/strong><\/h4>\n\n\n\n

I\u2019m a fan of tactical fanny packs that are Velcro-compatible with zippered compartments and pouches for mounting holsters and gear. I carry a concealed pistol in one when I\u2019m too lazy to put on pants with belt loops.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

A fanny pack is a necessary storage pouch for fighting with a shotgun. Specifically, because shotguns take longer and are more challenging to reload than a pistol or rifle. We used the BIG Fanny SACK from Spiritus Systems<\/a> in the Defensive Shotgun course and learned how to reload loose ammunition from the fanny pack and a new shotgun card when the one on our gun was emptied.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"We<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Big Fanny SACK can hold multiple Esstac shotgun cards and more than a handful of loose shotgun shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ammunition Selection and Patterning<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Most people who shoot shotguns only shoot birdshot and rarely venture into the world of slugs or buckshot. But if you plan to fight with a shotgun, you must learn to shoot various types of ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We used Federal Top Gun<\/a> 8-shot, 1 1\/8 ounce birdshot loads, running 1,200 FPS (feet per second) for the Defensive Shotgun Class. Before starting shotgun training, we shot the birdshot at incremental distances to see how well it patterned at each distance. While each shotgun patterned slightly differently, they passed the accuracy test.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"They<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The buckshot was Federal Power Shok<\/a> 000 Buck running 1,325 FPS. We used slug ammo at the start to zero our red dot optics at a 100-yard steel target. Then, we checked our pattern with birdshot and buckshot on close-range paper.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

All Federal ammunition ran well and caused no malfunctions, with eight Mossberg shotguns used over three days of class.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Testing Ammo for Home Defense<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

When I got home, I wanted to train even more with my shotgun and test other types of ammo. Fiocchi sent a few boxes from its Defense Dynamics line of 12-gauge ammunition.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Breaching Slug<\/a> shoots 1,045 FPS (feet per second), while the Aero Slug<\/a> ammo is nine pellets moving 1,150 FPS. I wondered if the slower ammunition would feel or perform differently than what we used in class. The felt recoil improved, and the Mossberg had no issue cycling it.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"When<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Fiocchi Shooting Dynamics 3 Gun<\/a> 12-gauge ammunition is one that I have used for shooting 3 Gun. So, I wanted to pattern it through the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical. This ammo is 7.5 shot, 1 ounce, 2 \u00be shells, running 1,170 FPS. With the cylinder bore choke, the Fiocchi birdshot patterned and spread as expected, with good accuracy on paper, out to 20 yards.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I recommend testing your shotgun with your defensive ammunition before loading it and setting it up as your defensive gun of choice. As you would test-fire a pistol with defensive ammunition before carrying it, you should do the same with your shotgun.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Ready to Fight<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch gave me a new appreciation for people who must use shotguns for defensive or tactical situations. I came in with experience loading, shooting, and moving with a tube shotgun. However, I hadn\u2019t shot in many of the unconventional positions we were put in.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thunder<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

I was grateful for the capacity of the Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch shotgun and all the oversized controls on the gun. After getting home from Thunder Ranch and spending more time loading and firing this shotgun, I feel much more prepared to defend myself with it if I ever need to.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

I want to give special thanks to Mossberg for inviting me to this event and Thunder Ranch for giving me lifelong skills to protect myself. Also, thank you, Clint Smith, for signing our shotguns.<\/em><\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Thank<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

For more information, please visit Mossberg.com and ThunderRanch.com.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition Specs<\/strong><\/h3>\n\n\n\n
Gauge<\/strong><\/td>12 Gauge<\/td><\/tr>
Action<\/strong><\/td>Semi-Automatic<\/td><\/tr>
Capacity<\/strong><\/td>7+1<\/td><\/tr>
Chamber Size<\/strong><\/td>3 Inches<\/td><\/tr>
Choke<\/strong><\/td>Cylinder Bore<\/td><\/tr>
Barrel Length<\/strong><\/td>18.5 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Overall Length<\/strong><\/td>37 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Length of Pull<\/strong><\/td>12.5 inches \u2013 14.25 inches<\/td><\/tr>
Sights<\/strong><\/td>Front fiber optic, optic-ready<\/td><\/tr>
Weight<\/strong><\/td>7.5 pounds<\/td><\/tr>
MSRP<\/strong><\/td>$1,295.00<\/td><\/tr><\/tbody><\/table><\/figure>\n","post_title":"TESTED: The Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical Thunder Ranch Edition","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-940-pro-tactical","to_ping":"","pinged":"\nhttps:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/article\/thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training\/","post_modified":"2025-01-16 16:42:43","post_modified_gmt":"2025-01-16 21:42:43","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=391337","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"},{"ID":385572,"post_author":"1109","post_date":"2024-08-18 18:35:14","post_date_gmt":"2024-08-18 22:35:14","post_content":"\n

If you have the opportunity and means to go to Thunder Ranch, go now. I recently attended a Defensive Shotgun Class<\/a> sponsored by Mossberg at Thunder Ranch, and it was a class unlike any other. If you know the history of Gunsite Academy and Jeff Cooper, you\u2019ve probably also heard of Clint Smith. Clint is a Marine Corps veteran of two infantry and combined action platoon tours in Vietnam. He served seven years as a police officer, was head of the Firearms Training Division, a S.W.A.T. member, and precision rifleman. Clint attended Gunsite classes starting in 1978, and in 1980, Jeff Cooper asked him to work full-time as an instructor and operations officer. Clint attributes Jeff Cooper<\/a> and Gunsite<\/a> as an inspiration for many firearms training schools we have today.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class<\/h2>\n\n\n\n

Clint Smith also served as Operations Officer for the American Pistol Institute. He founded International Training Consultants (ITC) in 1983, a mobile training program teaching Urban Rifle, Shotgun, Precision Rifle, and various handgun courses. In 1986, Clint became the Director of Training for Heckler & Koch, teaching fully automatic weapons and conventional weapon systems courses. It wasn\u2019t until 1993 that Thunder Ranch opened, initially in Texas. In 2004, it moved to a beautiful 900-acre parcel of land in Oregon.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Heidi Smith, a powerhouse in her own right, is also a Founder of Thunder Ranch. Heidi and her mother saw a need in the 90s for an all-female format to introduce women to learning how to shoot and use handguns and rifles. She founded The Personal Safety Institute, a non-profit organization with an all-lady firearms training team. This organization operated and trained hundreds of ladies for seven years, empowering them with the skills and confidence to defend themselves. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

In 1992, Heidi became an adjunct instructor for ITC, and in 1995, she hired on as an instructor for Thunder Ranch. Then in 2009, she became an EMT for the State of Oregon and helped create the current Trauma Block taught at Thunder Ranch. In 2010, she swore in in as a Lake Country Sheriff\u2019s Reserve deputy and is currently a TEMS medic for the Department. While at Thunder Ranch, I wanted to test Heidi\u2019s medical skills and am happy to report she\u2019s beyond prepared. (Thanks, Heidi!)<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Mossberg<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Defensive Shotgun Course<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

If you have met me or read any of my shotgun-related articles, you know I love shotguns. Most Americans own at least one, but do they know how to use it effectively or fight with it if need be? Shooting a shotgun is arguably easier than shooting rifles or pistols, but using one tactically is a different ball game.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We ran Thunder Ranch Mossberg 940 Pro Tactical<\/a> 12-gauge shotguns for this course, already topped off with Holosun 407K red dot optics<\/a>. A requirement for the Defensive Shotgun course is to have a shotgun with a sling. The 940 Pro Tactical has QD sling mounting ports on the stock and forend. The barrel clamp pre-installed also has M-LOK mounting slots to attach additional sling mounting hardware. We then used Velcro backing, which you can buy at just about any fabric store, to set up a side saddle mount on the left side of the receiver. Finally, Spiritus Systems sent us their Fanny Sack<\/a> to attach extra side saddles to the interior Velcro and store spare shells.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Most people get a new shotgun and immediately shoot clay targets or take it hunting without patterning, zeroing, or testing the ammunition they plan on using. What I loved about the Thunder Ranch experience was that the class started by seeing how birdshot patterned on paper. We then zeroed the Holosun optic for slugs and confirmed our shots with buckshot. Since we didn\u2019t plan on changing chokes for the class, this was all we needed to do to get started.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Cadre<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack and Colton were our instructors, and between these two gentlemen, we learned a lot about what can go wrong, what will go wrong, and what we all need to work on. For most students in any shotgun course, the choke point is loading a shotgun quickly, under pressure, and without looking down at their shells or shotgun. I get a lot of hate from people who don\u2019t shoot competitions and think shooting sports don\u2019t teach practical skills or knowledge. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

Regarding this Defensive Shotgun course, my 3-Gun competition shooting skills paid off in multiple ways. I spent years dual and quad loading a shotgun, both strong- and weak-hand loading, and working with various shotgun caddies. Loading a shotgun quickly, using multiple ammunition sources, and under pressure with my head up were probably my greatest strengths in the class. 3-Gun forces competitors to shoot from unconventional shooting positions, occasionally making it difficult to shoulder the gun properly, causing a failure to eject or feed.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"\"<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Practical Application <\/h3>\n\n\n\n

This course asked us to much of the same, shooting off various barricades from prone, shooting sideways behind rocks, forcing the occasional malfunction to clear. That test \u2013 passed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

It's great to see what you do well in a class, but paying attention to what you struggle with is way more important so you can take home that knowledge and improve your skills. What I learned I need to work on most is impacting my targets with 100% accuracy, getting my entire body behind cover, and shooting from behind more urban-style cover. We learned how to use a sling for stability when shooting long-range slugs and how to use it strategically to keep your face safe from hitting your optic when shooting in an awkward position. Just like working with a rifle sling more, I plan on spending time with my shotgun and sling to use these tools in unison.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

The Drills<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch runs a fight school, so you better come prepared to get into a fight! Each day of class would build upon the last. We had to learn to crawl before we could walk or even run. The first order of business was learning how to work with and use the gear we were provided. Jack would run us through a drill to run the shotgun dry and perform an \u201cadministrative reload.\u201d<\/p>\n\n\n\n

You can use your left hand to push a shell out from the side saddle, use your right hand to roll the shotgun on its side, drop the shell into the empty chamber, use your left hand to reach under the loading port to hit the bolt release and fire the gun. If your side saddle is empty, the other option is to reach down to your Fanny Sack with your right hand, grab a shotshell, drop it in the empty chamber, hit the bolt release, get back on the trigger, and fire.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Shooting<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Load, Load, Load<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

You should be constantly reloading when you\u2019re not shooting or under threat. That\u2019s essentially the mantra for shotgun shooting. The way you set your shells up in a side saddle is a personal preference and one you need to test out before using. Many of us kept all six rounds with the brass side up because we noticed that with enough recoil from firing the shotgun, the brass side down would cause the shells to fall out of the loops slowly. The shells' orientation also depends on whether you plan to load the shotgun with your weak or strong hand, so you know which direction to push the shells out of the loops. Once a side saddle is emptied, you should always replace it with a fresh one from your Fanny Sack. Once again, ensure you mount it on the shotgun with the shells orientated in the correct direction.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

We shot behind walls in drills to learn how to properly \u201clean to fight\u201d to engage the target behind the wall while keeping our bodies as covered as possible by the wall. \u201cLean to fight\u201d means leaning with your gun all in one smooth motion to shoot your target as soon as it appears behind cover or concealment. I tend to lead with my muzzle behind a wall and follow behind it, which is slower and can be picked up faster by the enemy. An eye-opening lesson for me was learning to switch the leg I\u2019m leaning out on depending on what side of the wall I\u2019m shooting from for the most cover.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Engaging<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

Shooting & Moving<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

Jack then ran us through a moving and shooting drill, with walls for cover set up as places to reload our guns. This drill demanded a lot from us to move forward while shooting, running to cover, shooting from behind cover without getting too tight to the wall, reloading our shotguns each chance we got, and then shooting while moving laterally or rearward. Finally, we got to shoot from a multi-positional barricade and learn how to become contortionists. This barricade is where I failed to get my body behind cover and realized I needed to work on keeping my left leg from being exposed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

One of the biggest lessons in fighting is not sticking your head up over cover, as that\u2019s usually the quickest way to get shot. Instead, we learned to turn our shotgun on its side off the top of the barricade and shoot with our head sideways, as much behind cover as possible. These small things were big eye-openers for me as a civilian with zero law enforcement or military training or background.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"The<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

The Punisher<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

We were the first shotgun students to shoot The Punisher, and if you don\u2019t know what that is, the name says it all. The Punisher is an urban playground built to learn how to fight from various places of cover you might find yourself in. The Punisher is outfitted with a telephone booth, rooftop, metal fence, concrete wall, wooden fence posts, stacked rocks, and even an old truck bed with a hole punched out of the tailgate to shoot out. Steel targets were littered downrange, and we had to master moving the shotgun in and out of tight positions, shooting the threats, engaging the safety and moving laterally to the next place of cover, shooting sideways on the ground behind rock cover, and shooting prone from the back of the truck bed. <\/p>\n\n\n\n

The other challenge? With a capacity of 7+1 rounds in the Mossberg 940 Tactical shotgun, we had to keep loading the shotgun every chance we could. Every single one of us completed that drill winded but with a smile on our face.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

\"Loading<\/figure>\n\n\n\n

When Can I Move In?<\/h3>\n\n\n\n

There is so much more to Thunder Ranch that I hope to get back to experience. The Terminator is the most insanely complicated shoot house I have ever seen. It is a total Kobayashi Maru drill, no matter your skills or experience level. At the end of our course, we learned how to clear just a few rooms in The Terminator and shoot down one bad guy. Beyond firearms training, Thunder Ranch also teaches Medical Tactics and Handgun\/Vehicle\/Trauma, which I think every gun owner needs to think about learning if they carry a gun daily. We are more likely to need to use medical training than a gun in our lifetime.<\/p>\n\n\n\n

Thunder Ranch prides itself on everything, from the cleanliness of the range to the completion certificates and pins they hand out to each student. You can hardly find spent brass, shotgun wads, or trash scrap on any ranges. Thank you to Mossberg for this once-in-a-lifetime experience and to Clint and Heidi for the hospitality. I plan to return for another course and wear my Thunder Ranch pin with pride!<\/p>\n","post_title":"Thunder Ranch Defensive Shotgun Class: Elite Civilian Training!","post_excerpt":"","post_status":"publish","comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"open","post_password":"","post_name":"thunder-ranch-defensive-shotgun-class-elite-civilian-training","to_ping":"","pinged":"","post_modified":"2024-08-21 18:50:38","post_modified_gmt":"2024-08-21 22:50:38","post_content_filtered":"","post_parent":0,"guid":"https:\/\/dev.athlonoutdoors.com\/?p=385572","menu_order":0,"post_type":"post","post_mime_type":"","comment_count":"0","filter":"raw"}],"next":false,"prev":false,"total_page":1},"paged":1,"column_class":"jeg_col_2o3","class":"jnews_block_23"};

TRENDING

No Content Available

POPULAR

No Content Available

BROWSE BY BRAND

\n
\n